diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index db4d02c30..42e3b4ab3 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -444,59 +444,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the :guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:38 msgid "To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:43 msgid "To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:49 msgid "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:53 msgid "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the same email address is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:59 msgid "To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the :guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal dashboard appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:64 msgid "If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the :guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 msgid "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" msgstr "" @@ -3849,54 +3849,230 @@ msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:743 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgid "which generates a 32-character pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:746 -msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgid "Reset the master password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:748 -msgid "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:751 -msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgid "There may be instances where the master password is misplaced, or compromised, and needs to be reset. The following process is for system administrators of an Odoo on-premise database detailing how to manually reset and re-encrypt the master password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:753 -msgid "Google Chrome" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:754 -msgid "Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:755 -msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgid "For more information about changing an Odoo.com account password, see this documentation: :ref:`odoocom/change_password`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:756 -msgid "Apple Safari" +msgid "When creating a new on-premise database, a random master password is generated. Odoo recommends using this password to secure the database. This password is implemented by default, so there is a secure master password for any Odoo on-premise deployment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:758 -msgid "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its publisher before filing a bug report." +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:761 +msgid "When creating an Odoo on-premise database the installation is accessible to anyone on the internet, until this password is set to secure the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:763 -msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:766 -msgid "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to provide more computing resources to both software." +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:764 +msgid "The master password is specified in the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden file)). The Odoo master password is needed to modify, create, or delete a database through the graphical user interface (GUI)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:769 +msgid "Locate configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:771 +msgid "First, open the Odoo configuration file (`odoo.conf` or `odoorc` (hidden file))." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:775 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:204 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:389 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:452 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:777 +msgid "The configuration file is located at: `c:\\\\ProgramFiles\\\\Odoo{VERSION}\\\\server\\\\odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:779 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:195 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:781 +msgid "Depending on how Odoo is installed on the Linux machine, the configuration file is located in one of two different places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:784 +msgid "Package installation: `/etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:785 +msgid "Source installation: `~/.odoorc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:788 +msgid "Change old password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:790 +msgid "Once the appropriate file has been opened, proceed to modify the old password in the configuration file to a temporary password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:795 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:843 +msgid "Graphical user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:797 +msgid "After locating the configuration file, open it using a (:abbr:`GUI (graphical user interface)`). This can be achieved by simply double clicking on the file. Then, the device should have a default :abbr:`GUI (graphical user interface)` to open the file with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:801 +msgid "Next, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`, for example. This password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:806 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:825 +msgid "The line appears like this: `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sh39dji295.59mptrfW.9z6HkA$w9j9AMVmKAP17OosCqDxDv2hjsvzlLpF8Rra8I7p/b573hji540mk/.3ek0lg%kvkol6k983mkf/40fjki79m`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:810 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:829 +msgid "The modified line appears like this: `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:812 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:852 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:814 +msgid "Modify the master password line using the following Unix command detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:816 +msgid "Connect to the Odoo server's terminal via Secure Shell (SSH) protocol, and edit the configuration file. To modify the configuration file, enter the following command: :command:`sudo nano /etc/odoo.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:820 +msgid "After opening the configuration file, modify the master password line `admin_passwd = $pbkdf2-sha…` to `admin_passwd = newpassword1234`. This password can be anything, as long as it is saved temporarily. Make sure to modify all characters after the `=`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:832 +msgid "It is essential that the password is changed to something else, rather than triggering a new password reset by adding a semicolon `;` at the beginning of the line. This ensures the database is secure throughout the entire password reset process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:837 +msgid "Restart Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:839 +msgid "After setting the temporary password, a restart of the Odoo server is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:845 +msgid "To restart the Odoo server, first, type `services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search` bar. Then, select the :guilabel:`Services` application, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:849 +msgid "Next, right click on :guilabel:`Odoo`, and select :guilabel:`Start` or :guilabel:`Restart`. This action manually restarts the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:854 +msgid "Restart the Odoo server by typing the command: :command:`sudo service odoo15 restart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:857 +msgid "Change the number after `odoo` to fit the specific version the server is running on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:860 +msgid "Use web interface to re-encrypt password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:862 +msgid "First, navigate to `/web/database/manager` or `http://server_ip:port/web/database/manager` in a browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:866 +msgid "Replace `server_ip` with the IP address of the database. Replace `port` with the numbered port the database is accessible from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:869 +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Set Master Password`, and type in the previously-selected temporary password into the :guilabel:`Master Password` field. Following this step, type in a :guilabel:`New Master Password`. The :guilabel:`New Master Password` is hashed (or encrypted), once the :guilabel:`Continue` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:874 +msgid "At this point, the password has been successfully reset, and a hashed version of the new password now appears in the configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:878 +msgid "For more information on Odoo database security, see this documentation: :ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:882 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:884 +msgid "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:887 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:889 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:890 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:891 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:892 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:894 +msgid "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:899 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:902 +msgid "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:905 msgid "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:773 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:909 msgid "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the internet." msgstr "" @@ -4073,19 +4249,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is required to be logged in as a paying on-premise customer or partner to download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:25 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:125 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:170 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:195 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:224 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:267 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" @@ -4169,19 +4332,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package manager:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:154 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:176 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:204 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:235 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:389 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:452 -msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:151 msgid "Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a Windows platform." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 8b5755572..384dfa911 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 @@ -1376,6 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:32 msgid "Transactions" msgstr "" @@ -2537,6 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:207 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -3958,264 +3960,264 @@ msgid "Thus, when shipments are returned to their supplier, Odoo automatically g msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. Navigate :ref:`here ` for instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" +msgid "This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. For instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO|, refer to the :doc:`inventory valuation configuration <../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>` doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid ":doc:`Using inventory valuation <../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:40 msgid "To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and select the category that will be using |AVCO|. On the product category page, set :guilabel:`Costing Method` to `Average Cost (AVCO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 -msgid ":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration `" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`Inventory valuation configuration <../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 msgid "Using average cost valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are received in the warehouse. This section explains how it works, but if the explanation is unnecessary, skip to the :ref:`return to supplier use case ` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Formula" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:61 msgid "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is recomputed using the formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" "" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the previous inventory valuation;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:69 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:70 msgid "**Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products (since vendor bills may arrive later). The amount includes not only the price for the products, but also added costs, such as shipping, taxes, and :ref:`landed costs `. At reception of the vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:74 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:85 msgid "Compute average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:87 msgid "To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 tables at $10/unit\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:109 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" "" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for each is `$10`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:118 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:120 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:125 msgid "In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon, to open an :guilabel:`External Link` to edit the product category. Set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` to `Average Cost (AVCO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:133 msgid "Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product reception by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. Select the drop-down for `Table`, and view the :guilabel:`Total Value` column for the *valuation layer* (:dfn:`inventory valuation at a specific point in time = on-hand quantity * unit price`). The 8 tables in-stock are worth $80." msgstr "" @@ -4223,53 +4225,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to :guilabel:`AVCO`, then the average cost of a product is also displayed on the :guilabel:`Cost` field, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the product page itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:149 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:151 msgid "For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the average cost valuation `. Although the average cost valuation is not recalculated, the inventory value still decreases because the product is removed from stock and delivered to the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" "" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's *purchase price*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:166 msgid "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:168 msgid "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:170 msgid "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:172 msgid "To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the delivery, and then review the inventory valuation record by going to in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. In the topmost valuation layer, delivering `10` tables reduces the product's value by `-$120`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:177 msgid "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." msgstr "" @@ -4277,59 +4279,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:187 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:193 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:198 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "-1 * $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:205 msgid "In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of a product exiting the warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12 per unit, the inventory value is reduced by `$12` when the product is returned; the initial purchase price of `$10` is unrelated to the table's average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:211 msgid "To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the receipt in the *Inventory* app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise 1 ` by going to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:216 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify the quantity to `1` in the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing shipment for the table. Select :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:220 msgid "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." msgstr "" @@ -4337,181 +4339,181 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory valuation for return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:230 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:235 msgid "To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the purchased price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:239 msgid "Qty*Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:243 msgid "-1 \\* $12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "-1 \\* $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:251 msgid "Correct method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:253 msgid "Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company gets $12 back for a $10 purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued internally at $12. The inventory value change represents a product worth $12 no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:258 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:260 msgid "In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** also keep a holding account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. Once a vendor delivers an order, **inventory value** increases based on the vendor price of the products that have entered the stock. The holding account (called **stock input**) is credited and only reconciled once the vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:266 msgid ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:268 msgid "The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* account stores the money intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has not yet been received. To balance accounts when returning products that have a price difference between the price the product is **valued at** and the price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Stock Input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:276 msgid "Price Diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:280 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:282 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:284 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:286 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:288 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:290 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:292 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Product reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:299 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:301 msgid "At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were purchased by preemptively moving an amount matching the price of received goods into the :doc:`liability account `, **Stock Input**. Then, once the bill has been received, the amount in the holding account is transferred to *Accounts Payable*. Transfers into this account means the bill has been paid. **Stock Input** is reconciled once the vendor bill is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:308 msgid "Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock product is worth internally. Since there is a difference between the price the product is **valuated at** and the price the product was actually **purchased for**, the **Inventory Valuation** account is unrelated to the crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:316 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:323 msgid "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account `$80`), and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 msgid "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* account `$80`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:370 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:329 msgid "Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| costing method are received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference Account` by selecting the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon next to the :guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:333 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price Difference Account` by typing in the name of the account and clicking :guilabel:`Create and Edit`. Then set the account :guilabel:`Type` as `Expenses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -4519,7 +4521,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create price difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:341 msgid "Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`. In the list, find the :guilabel:`Reference` that matches the warehouse reception operation for the relevant product." msgstr "" @@ -4527,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:349 msgid "Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that when the 8 tables were received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by `$80`. Conversely, the **Stock Input** account (set as `Stock Interim (Received)` account by default) is credited `$80`." msgstr "" @@ -4535,31 +4537,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:358 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out and the account now holds `$0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:365 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:366 msgid "Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:372 msgid "Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 8 tables. Inside the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, select :guilabel:`Create Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:376 msgid "Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`. :guilabel:`Confirm` the bill to record the payment to the vendor." msgstr "" @@ -4567,19 +4569,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:385 msgid "On product delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:387 msgid "In the :ref:`above example table `, when 10 products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:391 msgid "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:393 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." msgstr "" @@ -4587,39 +4589,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:401 msgid "In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the accounts **Product Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** all pertain to the sale of the product. **Accounts Receivable** is the account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:405 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the sale is made. So, up until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs of keeping the product in stock are not accounted for. The **Expense** account is debited `$120` to log the costs of storing 10 tables during this period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:411 msgid "On product return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:413 msgid "In the :ref:`above example table `, when returning 1 product to a vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` in the **Accounts Payable** account from the vendor. However, **Stock Input** account must be debited `$12` because the average cost is `$12` at the time of the return. The missing `$2` is accounted for in the :guilabel:`Price Difference Account`, which is set up in the product's :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and *automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:423 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an outgoing shipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:427 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price Difference**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:428 msgid "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." msgstr "" @@ -4627,15 +4629,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:436 msgid "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:437 msgid "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and register the payment in their journal." msgstr "" @@ -4970,6 +4972,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -5469,6 +5472,7 @@ msgid "VAT units tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:313 msgid "Fiscal position" msgstr "" @@ -8190,6 +8194,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -8346,10 +8351,10 @@ msgid "To allocate the current year's earnings, create a miscellaneous entry to msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 -msgid "Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be removed." +msgid "Install the :guilabel:`Irreversible Lock Date` (`account_lock`) module to make the :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` *irreversible* once set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:109 msgid "A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the **profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the profit and loss statement corresponds directly with the year-end date specified in Odoo. Therefore, any time the **income statement** is generated, the beginning date corresponds with the beginning of the **fiscal year** and all account balances should equal zero." msgstr "" @@ -8937,93 +8942,1112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 -msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 -msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgid "AvaTax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:116 -msgid "Credential configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:7 +msgid "Avalara's *AvaTax* is a cloud-based tax software. Integrating *AvaTax* with Odoo provides real-time and region-specific tax calculations when users sell, purchase, and invoice items in Odoo. *AvaTax* tax calculation is supported with every United Nations charted country, including inter-border transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 -msgid "To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:13 +msgid "*AvaTax* is only available for integration with databases/companies that have locations in the United States and Canada. This means the fiscal position/country of a database can only be set to the United States or Canada. For more information, reference this documentation: :ref:`avatax/fiscal_country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 -msgid "If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get Credentials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 -msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:18 +msgid "*AvaTax* accounts for location-based tax rates for each state, county, and city. It improves remittance accuracy by paying close attention to laws, rules, jurisdiction boundaries, and special circumstances (like, tax holidays, and product exemptions). Companies who integrate with *AvaTax* can maintain control of tax-calculations in-house with this simple :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 -msgid "Tax mapping" +msgid "Some limitations exist in Odoo while using *AvaTax* for tax calculation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 -msgid "The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the included Avatax fiscal position." +msgid "*AvaTax* is **not** supported in Odoo's *Point of Sale* app, because a dynamic tax calculation model is excessive for transactions within a single delivery address, such as stores or restaurants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 -msgid "Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the product categories." +msgid "*AvaTax* and Odoo use the company address and **not** the warehouse address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:31 +msgid "Exercise tax is **not** supported. This includes tobacco/vape taxes, fuel taxes, and other specific industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:35 +msgid "Avalara's support documents: `About AvaTax `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:39 +msgid "Set up on AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:41 +msgid "To use *AvaTax*, an account with Avalara is required for the setup. If one has not been set up yet, connect with Avalara to purchase a license: `Avalara: Let's Talk `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:46 +msgid "Upon account setup, take note of the *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID`. This will be needed in the :ref:`Odoo setup `. In Odoo, this number is the :guilabel:`API ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:49 +msgid "Then, `create a basic company profile `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:53 +msgid "Create basic company profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:55 +msgid "Collect essential business details for the next step: locations where tax is collected, products/services sold (and their sales locations), and customer tax exemptions, if applicable. Follow the Avalara documentation for creating a basic company profile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:59 +msgid "`Add company information `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:61 +msgid "`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63 +msgid "`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65 +msgid "`Add other company locations for location-based filing `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67 +msgid "`Add a marketplace to the company profile `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73 +msgid "Connect to AvaTax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75 +msgid "After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78 +msgid "Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_ or `production `_ environment. This will depend on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83 +msgid "`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86 +msgid "Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90 +msgid "A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the new license key. This action cannot be undone.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94 +msgid "Generating a new license key breaks the connection with existing business apps using the *AvaTax* integration. Make sure to update these apps with the new license key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:97 +msgid "If this will be the first :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` integration being made with *AvaTax* and Odoo, then click :guilabel:`Generate license key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:100 +msgid "If this is an additional license key, ensure the previous connection can be broken. There is **only** one license key associated with each of the Avalara sandbox and production accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:104 +msgid "Copy this key to a safe place. It is **strongly encouraged** to backup the license key for future reference. This key cannot be retrieved after leaving this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:110 +msgid "Before using *AvaTax*, there are some additional configurations in Odoo to ensure tax calculations are made accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:113 +msgid "Verify that the Odoo database contains necessary data. The country initially set up in the database determines the fiscal position, and aids *AvaTax* in calculating accurate tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:119 +msgid "Fiscal country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:121 +msgid "To set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country`, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:127 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Country` feature to :guilabel:`United States` or :guilabel:`Canada`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:131 +msgid "Company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:133 +msgid "All companies operating under the Odoo database should have a full and complete address listed in the settings. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, ensure there is only one company operating the Odoo database. Click :guilabel:`Update Info` to open a separate page to update company details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:138 +msgid "If there are multiple companies operating in the database, click :guilabel:`Manage Companies` to load a list of companies to select from. Update company information by clicking into the specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:142 +msgid "Database administrators should ensure that the :guilabel:`Street...`, :guilabel:`Street2...`, :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`ZIP`, and :guilabel:`Country` are all updated for the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:146 +msgid "This ensures accurate tax calculations and smooth end-of-year accounting operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:153 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:155 +msgid "Next, ensure that the Odoo *AvaTax* module is installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps application`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type in `avatax`, and press :kbd:`Enter`. The following results populate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 +msgid "`account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:168 +msgid "Default *AvaTax* module. This module adds the base *AvaTax* features for tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:170 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:171 +msgid "Includes the information needed for tax calculation on sales orders in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:172 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for Subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:173 +msgid "`account_avatax_sale_subscription`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:174 +msgid "This module includes the features required for tax calculation on subscriptions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account Avatax - Ecommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:176 +msgid "`website_sale_account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:177 +msgid "Includes tax calculation features for the checkout process on Odoo eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:178 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account AvaTax - Ecommerce - Delivery`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:179 +msgid "`website_sale_delivery_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:180 +msgid "Includes tax calculation features for the delivery process on Odoo eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:182 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the module labeled :guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`. Doing so installs the following modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`: `account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SO`: `account_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:187 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account Avatax - Ecommerce`: `website_sale_account_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:189 +msgid "Should *AvaTax* be needed for Odoo *Subscriptions*, or for delivery tax in Odoo *eCommerce*, then install those modules individually by clicking on :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:195 +msgid "Odoo AvaTax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:197 +msgid "To integrate the *AvaTax* :abbr:`API (application programming interface)` with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings` section. The :guilabel:`AvaTax` fields in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section is where the *AvaTax* configurations are made and the credentials are entered in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 -msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" +msgid "Configure AvaTax settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 -msgid "Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:209 +msgid "First, select the :guilabel:`Environment` in which the company wishes to use *AvaTax* in. It can either be :guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:213 +msgid "For help determining which *AvaTax* environment to use (either :guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Sandbox`), visit: `Sandbox vs Production environments `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:100 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:220 +msgid "Now, the credentials can be entered in. The *AvaTax* :guilabel:`Account ID` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API ID` field, and the :guilabel:`License Key` should be entered in the :guilabel:`API Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:225 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Account ID` can be found by logging into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox `_ or `production `_). In the upper-right corner, click on the initials of the user and :guilabel:`Account`. The :guilabel:`Account ID` is listed first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:230 +msgid "To access the :guilabel:`License Key` see this documentation: :ref:`avatax/create_avalara_credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:233 +msgid "For the :guilabel:`Company Code` field, enter the Avalara company code for the company being configured. Avalara interprets this as `DEFAULT`, if it is not set. The :guilabel:`Company Code` can be accessed in the Avalara management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:237 +msgid "First, log into the *AvaTax* portal (`sandbox `_ or `production `_). Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies`. The :guilabel:`Company Code` value is located in the row of the :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Company Code` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 -msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgid "AvaTax company code highlighted on the company details page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:247 +msgid "Transaction options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:249 +msgid "There are two transactional settings in the Odoo *AvaTax* settings that can be configured: :guilabel:`Use UPC` and :guilabel:`Commit Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:252 +msgid "If the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Use UPC` is ticked, the transactions will use Universal Product Codes (UPC), instead of custom defined codes in Avalara. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:256 +msgid "Should the :guilabel:`Commit Transactions` checkbox be ticked, then, the transactions in the Odoo database will be committed for reporting in *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:260 msgid "Address validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 -msgid "Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate address` link in the customer form view." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:262 +msgid "The *Address Validation* feature ensures that the most up-to-date address by postal standards is set on a contact in Odoo. This is important to provide accurate tax calculations for customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 -msgid "Validate customer addresses" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:266 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Address Validation` feature only works with partners/customers in North America." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 -msgid "If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original address in the wizard that pops up." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:268 +msgid "Additionally, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Address validation` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 -msgid "Address validation wizard" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:271 +msgid "For accurate tax calculations, it is best practice to enter a complete address for the contacts saved in the database. However, *AvaTax* can still function by implementing a best effort attempt using only the :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`State`, and :guilabel:`Zip code`. These are the three minimum required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 -msgid "Tax calculation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:276 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings to implement the configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 -msgid "Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these documents are in draft mode." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:279 +msgid "Manually :guilabel:`Validate` the address by navigating to the :menuselection:`Contacts app`, and selecting a contact. Now that the *AvaTax* module has been configured on the database, a :guilabel:`Validate` button appears directly below the :guilabel:`Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 -msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:283 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a pop-up window appears with a :guilabel:`Validated Address` and :guilabel:`Original Address` listed. If the :guilabel:`Validated Address` is the correct mailing address for tax purposes, click :guilabel:`Save Validated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:0 +msgid "Validate address pop-up window in Odoo with \"Save Validated\" button and \"Validated\n" +"Address\" highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:293 +msgid "All previously-entered addresses for contacts in the Odoo database will need to be validated using the manually validate process outlined above. Addresses are not automatically validated if they were entered previously. This only occurs upon tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:298 +msgid "Test connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:300 +msgid "After entering all the above information into the *AvaTax* setup on Odoo, click :guilabel:`Test connection`. This ensures the :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API KEY` are correct, and a connection is made between Odoo and the *AvaTax* application programming interface (API)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:305 +msgid "Sync parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:307 +msgid "Upon finishing the configuration and settings of the *AvaTax* section, click the :guilabel:`Sync Parameters` button. This action synchronizes the exemption codes from *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:315 +msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions`. A :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` is listed named, :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)`. Click it to open *AvaTax's* fiscal position configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:319 +msgid "Here, ensure that the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` checkbox is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:321 +msgid "Optionally, tick the checkbox next to the field labeled: :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`. Should this option be ticked, then, Odoo will automatically apply this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:325 +msgid "Enabling :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` also makes specific parameters, such as :guilabel:`VAT required`, :guilabel:`Foreign Tax ID`, :guilabel:`Country Group`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Federal States`, or :guilabel:`Zip Range` appear. Filling these parameters filters the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` usage. Leaving them blank ensures all calculations are made using this :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:332 +msgid "Should the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` checkbox not be ticked, each customer will need to have the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set on their :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab of the contact record. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Order --> Customers`, or :menuselection:`Contacts app --> Contacts`. Then, select a customer or contact to set the fiscal position on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:338 +msgid "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Sales and Purchase` tab, and down to the section labeled, :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`. Set the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` field to the fiscal position for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:398 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:346 +msgid "AvaTax accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:348 +msgid "Upon selecting the checkbox option for :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` a new :guilabel:`AvaTax` tab appears. Click into this tab to reveal two different settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:351 +msgid "The first setting is the :guilabel:`AvaTax Invoice Account`, while the second is, :guilabel:`AvaTax Refund Account`. Ensure both accounts are set for smooth end-of-year record keeping. Consult a certified public accountant (CPA) for specific guidance on setting both accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:355 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:358 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:360 +msgid "The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the included *AvaTax* fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:364 +msgid "Product category mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:366 +msgid "Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the product categories. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Select the product category to add the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` to. In the :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` field, select a category from the drop-down menu, or :guilabel:`Search More...` to open the complete list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +msgid "Specify AvaTax Category on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:377 +msgid "Product mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:379 +msgid "*AvaTax* Categories may be set on individual products, as well. To set the :guilabel:`Avatax Category` navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. Select the product to add the :guilabel:`Avatax Category` to. Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the far-right, is a selector field labeled: :guilabel:`Avatax Category`. Finally, click the drop-down menu, and select a category, or :guilabel:`Search More...` to find one that is not listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:386 +msgid "If both the product, and its category, have an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` set, the product's :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:394 +msgid "Mapping an :guilabel:`AvaTax Category` on either the *Product* or *Product Category* should be completed for every *Product* or *Product Category*, depending the route that is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:399 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:400 +msgid ":doc:`avatax/avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:161 +msgid "`US Tax Compliance: Avatax elearning video `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:6 +msgid "Avalara (Avatax) portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:8 +msgid "Avalara's (*AvaTax*) management console offers account management options including: viewing/editing the transactions sent from Odoo to *AvaTax*, details on how the taxes are calculated, tax reporting, tax exemption management, and tax return resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:13 +msgid "Avalara is the software developer of the tax software, *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:15 +msgid "To access the console, first, navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_ or `production `_ environment. This will depend on which type of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`. Log in to the management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +msgid "Avalara dashboard after logging into management portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:25 +msgid "For more information see Avalara's documentation: `Activate your Communications Customer Portal account `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:34 +msgid "To access transactions, click in the :guilabel:`Transactions` link on the main dashboard upon logging into the :ref:`avatax/portal`. To manually access the *Transactions* page, while logged into the Avalara console, navigate to :menuselection:`Transactions --> Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the transactions shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:43 +msgid "Edit transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:45 +msgid "Click into a transaction to reveal more details about the transaction. These details include sections on :guilabel:`Invoice detail`, :guilabel:`Additional info`, and :guilabel:`Customer info`. Click :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`Edit document details` to make changes to the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:49 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Discount` can be added to adjust the invoice. This is especially useful in cases where the transaction has already synced with Avalara / *AvaTax*, and changes need to be made afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:55 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:57 +msgid "Filter transactions on the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, by setting the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, and configuring other fields to filter by, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, :guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or :guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Code`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer/Vendor Code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. `Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: the country this tax was calculated in; this is a text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country, which varies based on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:69 +msgid "Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Filters` to access the following filter conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Import ID`: represents the import ID of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:78 +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:80 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Transactions` page, transactions will be listed below, according to the set :ref:`avalara/portal-filter`, located in the top half of the page. The following columns are available by default, to sort by ascending or descending order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc Code`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`Exactly match`, :guilabel:`Starts with`, or :guilabel:`Contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc Status`: either of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, :guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or :guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cust/Vendor Code` : this is the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. Contact18)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:89 +msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: this is the region of the country, this will vary based on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Amount`: the numeric amount of the total amount on the Odoo document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax`: the numeric amount of the tax applied to the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +msgid "Transactions page on the Avalara portal with the filter and sort-by options highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:99 +msgid "Customize columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:101 +msgid "Additional columns can be added by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Customize columns`. On the resulting popover window, click the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`column` that should be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:105 +msgid "The following columns can be added for additional transactional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`AvaTax calculated`: the amount of tax calculated by *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cust/vendor code`: the customer/vendor code in Odoo (e.g. `Contact18`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: the standardized abbreviation for the currency the amount total is in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc date`: the document's date of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc status`: any of the following options, :guilabel:`All`, :guilabel:`Voided`, :guilabel:`Committed`, :guilabel:`Uncommitted`, or :guilabel:`Locked`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doc type`: any of the following selections, :guilabel:`All`, :guilabel:`Sales Invoice`, :guilabel:`Purchase Invoice`, :guilabel:`Return Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Inbound Invoice`, :guilabel:`Inventory Transfer Outbound Invoice`, or :guilabel:`Customs Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last modified`: timestamp of the last time the document was modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location code`: the location code used to calculate the tax, based on the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`PO number`: the purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reference code`: the Odoo reference code (e.g. NV/2024/00003)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: the region of the country,which varies based on the :guilabel:`Country` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salesperson code`: the numeric ID of the user assigned to the sales order in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax date`: the month/day/year of the tax calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax override type`: where an exemption would appear, should there be none, the field populates with :guilabel:`None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:131 +msgid "To add a new column click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:134 +msgid "For more information on *AvaTax* transactions, refer to this Avalara documentation: `Transactions `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:138 +msgid "Import-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:140 +msgid "While on the :ref:`avalara/portal-transactions`, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Import transactions` or :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export transactions` to import or export transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:146 +msgid "To access reporting, navigate to the :menuselection:`Reports` link in the top menu of the Avalara management console. Next, select from one of the available reporting tabs: :guilabel:`Transactions reports`, :guilabel:`Liability & tax return reports`, or :guilabel:`Exemption reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:151 +msgid "Additionally, there is a :guilabel:`Favorites` tab and :guilabel:`Downloads` tab. The :guilabel:`Favorites` tab contains any favorited report configurations for the Avalara user. The :guilabel:`Downloads` tab contains a list view where the user can download the high-volume transaction reports created in the last 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:156 +msgid "Make a selection for the :guilabel:`Report Category`, and the :guilabel:`Report Name`, under the :guilabel:`Select a report` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:159 +msgid "Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Select report details` section. These options will vary based on the tab selected above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:162 +msgid "Depending on the report size, the following two options are available in the section labeled, :guilabel:`Select the approximate number of transactions for your report`: :guilabel:`Create and download the report instantly` (for small reports) and :guilabel:`Create and download the report in the background` (for larger reports). Select one or the other depending on the volume of transactions in this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:168 +msgid "Finally, under the section labeled, :guilabel:`Report preview and export` make a selection of the file type to download. Either a :guilabel:`.PDF` or :guilabel:`.XLS` can be chosen. Alternatively, the file can be previewed by selecting the :guilabel:`Preview` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:172 +msgid "After making all the configurations, click :guilabel:`Create report` to download the report. Click :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`Make this report a favorite` to save the report configuration to the user's favorites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:176 +msgid "After the report is created, click :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Download` to download the file to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:180 +msgid "Select a pre-configured report from the :guilabel:`Frequently used reports` section of the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:183 +msgid "Access this list by clicking on the :guilabel:`Reports` option in the top menu of the Avalara management console, and scroll to the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:187 +msgid "`See Avalara's documentation: Reports in AvaTax `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:191 +msgid "Add more jurisdictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:193 +msgid "Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox `_ or `production `_ environment. This will depend on which type of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198 +msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company collects sales and use tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203 +msgid "The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be selected to add another country or territory where the company collects VAT/GST." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207 +msgid "Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs duty` icon below the tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +msgid "AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n" +"sales and use tax tab highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217 +msgid "`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221 +msgid "Tax exemption certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223 +msgid "Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229 +msgid "An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235 +msgid "End-of-year operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237 +msgid "Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the `management portal `_. Then, from the main dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:-1 +msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252 +msgid "Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu of the Avalara management console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3 +msgid "AvaTax use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5 +msgid "AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:12 +msgid "Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these documents are in draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button recalculates taxes if any product lines are edited on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:-1 +msgid "Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes using AvaTax buttons highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24 +msgid "The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic trigger ` and :ref:`manual trigger ` circumstances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30 +msgid "Automatic triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32 +msgid "When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` button (pop-up)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33 +msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34 +msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35 +msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36 +msgid "When a draft invoice is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37 +msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38 +msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39 +msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44 +msgid "Manual triggers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button at the bottom of the quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button at the top of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:50 +msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:54 +msgid "On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:59 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:66 +msgid "AvaTax synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68 +msgid "Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software developer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:71 +msgid "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Select a quotation from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:74 +msgid "After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:78 +msgid "Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:-1 +msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:86 +msgid "Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and synchronize with the AvaTax portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:90 +msgid "An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: :doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:95 +msgid "Fixed price discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97 +msgid "Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer by click :guilabel:`Add a line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount and set the :guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To recalculate the taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:102 +msgid "Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:105 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:107 +msgid "It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis, or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the *AvaTax* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:110 +msgid "To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:113 +msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:116 +msgid "Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions performed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118 +msgid "To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, :guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:-1 +msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:137 +msgid "Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139 +msgid "This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:142 +msgid "The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, and other relevant information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:145 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:149 +msgid "Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:154 +msgid "Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:160 +msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" @@ -9185,12 +10209,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :abbr:`OSS (One-Stop Shop)` system introduced by the European Union simplifies VAT collection for **cross-border** sales of goods and services. It primarily applies to business-to-consumer **(B2C)** cases. With the OSS, businesses can register for VAT in their home country and use a single online portal to handle VAT obligations for their sales within the EU. There are **two primary schemes**: the **Union OSS** scheme for cross-border services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto the OSS portal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, click :guilabel:`Report: Generic Tax report`, and select either :guilabel:`OSS Sales` or :guilabel:`OSS Imports`. Once selected, click on :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`XLSX`, or :guilabel:`XML` in the top-left corner. This generates the currently-opened report in the selected format. Once generated, log into the platform of your competent federal authority to submit it onto the OSS portal." msgstr "" @@ -11327,74 +12345,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" msgstr "" @@ -13523,6 +14473,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) ` to compute taxes. Every time you compute taxes, an API call is made, using credits from your |IAP| credits balance." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:116 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:118 msgid "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and, in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the email address you want to use to log in to the AvaTax portal, and click on :guilabel:`Create account`. This email is used as the administrator email address in AvaTax." msgstr "" @@ -25347,10 +26301,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account `, then follow this `link `_ to configure the encoding format in a test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:102 msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your PayPal account. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers` and :guilabel:`Activate` PayPal. Then, enter your PayPal account credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab:" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 496675007..4f2625d99 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1123,107 +1123,75 @@ msgid "When editing the translations, the default language set in the database a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 -msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 -msgid "The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: through the :ref:`settings `, the :ref:`browser extension `, through the :ref:`command palette ` or the :ref:`URL `." +msgid "The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced :ref:`tools and settings ` in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 -msgid "Activate through the Settings" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11 +msgid "Proceed with caution, as some developer tools and technical settings are considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you understand the implications and are confident in your actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 -msgid "The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` module." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16 +msgid "The developer mode is also available with :ref:`assets `, which are used to debug JavaScript code, and with :ref:`tests assets `, which are used to run test tours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23 +msgid "Activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers; :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by developers and testers." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "To activate it, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 +msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33 +msgid "To activate the developer mode **from anywhere in the database**, add `?debug=1` to the URL after `/web` (e.g., `https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate it, use `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 -msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgid "Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and `?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 -msgid "Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41 +msgid "Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 -msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44 +msgid "Browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "The `Odoo Debug `_ browser extension adds an icon to toggle developer mode on or off from the browser's toolbar. It is available on the `Chrome Web Store `_ and `Firefox Add-ons `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54 +msgid "Developer tools and technical menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56 +msgid "Once the developer mode is activated, the developer tools can be accessed by clicking the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon. The menu contains tools useful for understanding or editing technical data, such as a view's field, filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is accessed from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 -msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgid "Accessing the developer tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 -msgid "Activate through the command palette" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 -msgid "In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64 +msgid "Database administrators can access the technical menu from the :guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 -msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 -msgid "Activate through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 -msgid "The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 -msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 -msgid "Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the :ref:`assets mode `, and `?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 -msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 -msgid "Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:-1 -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 -msgid "This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some useful menu items such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 -msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 -msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgid "Accessing the technical menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 @@ -5128,7 +5096,7 @@ msgid "Download and initial installation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 -msgid "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgid "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation package for Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo :file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 @@ -5507,10 +5475,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the Odoo uninstall guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:7 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline payment terminal <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico payment terminal <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index 143dc68ff..548bcd008 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -134,7 +134,6 @@ msgid "The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save ma msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" @@ -152,7 +151,6 @@ msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:736 msgid "Optional fields" @@ -1931,7 +1929,7 @@ msgid "Contracts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 -msgid "Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, their working hours, and any other details about their position." +msgid "Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, working hours, and any other details about their position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 @@ -1939,7 +1937,7 @@ msgid "Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15 -msgid "To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action. Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view." +msgid "To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Contracts --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and their current contract status, are displayed in a Kanban view, by default. The Kanban view displays running contracts, contracts that require action, expired contracts, and cancelled contracts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 @@ -1947,91 +1945,103 @@ msgid "Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with iss msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25 -msgid "The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the *Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters." +msgid "The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of contracts in the *Employees* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:29 msgid "Create a new contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34 -msgid "In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. Required fields are underlined in bold." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:31 +msgid "In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the :guilabel:`Contracts` dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. Required fields are underlined in bold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:36 +msgid "New contract form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: type in the name or title for the contract, such as `John Smith Contract`. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, such as `John Smith Contract`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract starts. Choose a date by clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by using the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(arrow)` icons, then clicking on the desired date. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit the company details." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract End Date`: the date the contract ends. Choose a date by clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by using the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(arrow)` icons, then clicking on the desired date. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51 -msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are :guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can be created by typing the name in the field." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select one of the salary structure types from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are :guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can be created by typing the name in the field. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54 -msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the :guilabel:`date`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select one of the working schedules from the drop-down menu. This field is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 -msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the contract applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: the specific job position the contract applies to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: the amount to be paid to the employee each month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or :guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date, but no end date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or :guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees that need training, and covers the training period specifically." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: if there is a specific person in HR that is responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu. This field is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:73 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time, or click on an existing working time, then edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 -msgid ":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow icons, then click on the date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 -msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 -msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 msgid "Contract details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89 -msgid "The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval and signatures." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab allows for the addition and editing of a contract, along with specifying which template to use when a new contract is created. These fields **must** be populated in order to create a new contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:86 +msgid "To access the various contract template fields in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab, the *Salary Configurator* (`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:90 +msgid "When the *Salary Configurator* module is installed, the *Salary Configurator - Holidays* and *Salary Configurator - Payroll* modules install, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:93 +msgid "Once the modules are installed, the database reverts to the main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 @@ -2039,31 +2049,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the *Recruitment* application." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: this field allows a link between the contract and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 -msgid ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a pre-existing contract template from the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires updating." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:103 +msgid ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a contract from the drop-down menu to be modified for this new employee contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the employee contract can be entered for future reference." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a contract from the drop-down menu, if the employee has an existing contract that requires updating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 -msgid "Modifying a contract" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: the notes field is a text field where any notes for the employee contract can be entered for future reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open the corresponding contract template and make any changes." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:111 +msgid "Modify a contract template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:113 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-external-link` :guilabel:`(external Link)` icon at the end of either the :guilabel:`New Contract Document Template` or :guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template` to open the corresponding contract template, and proceed to make any desired changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 msgid "A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for the contract as needed." msgstr "" @@ -2071,47 +2085,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Edit the details for the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags associated with the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 -msgid ":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 -msgid ":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129 -msgid ":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or :guilabel:`On Invitation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131 -msgid ":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: this is where the signatures are stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace, or create a new one. To create a new :guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`, type in the name of the workspace, then click either :guilabel:`Create` to add the new workspace, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to add the workspace and modify the workspace details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 -msgid ":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the contract." +msgid ":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: select or create any tags that are only associated with the signed contract, as opposed to the original unsigned contract." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document." +msgid ":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: enter a redirect link for the employee to access the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another. In this case, it takes them to the newly-updated contract specifically written for them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135 -msgid ":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: select either :guilabel:`All Users` or :guilabel:`On Invitation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`All Users`: any user in the organization can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Invitation`: only users selected in this field can sign the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invited Users`: select the person (or people) that can sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:143 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document`: the attached document can be replaced by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears, so another document can be selected for upload. The file **must** be a PDF. To remove the document, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:148 msgid "Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as :guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 msgid "Salary information" msgstr "" @@ -2119,71 +2133,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 -msgid "This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these fields may vary." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:159 +msgid "This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section is country-specific, so these fields vary, depending on where the company is located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153 -msgid "Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, :guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:162 +msgid "Enter the amount in the various fields, or tick a checkbox to apply a benefit. Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Group Insurance Sacrifice Rate` and :guilabel:`Canteen Cost`, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157 -msgid "Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:166 +msgid "Some fields may be automatically filled in as other fields are entered. For example, the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` and :guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)` updates once the :guilabel:`Wage` is populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 -msgid "Attachment of salary" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:171 +msgid "Personal documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 -msgid "Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations are set." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:173 +msgid "This tab **only** appears after an :guilabel:`Employee` is selected, and houses any documents that are linked to the employee on their employee record. Documents cannot be added to this tab, this tab **only** shows documents that are already uploaded and associated with the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167 -msgid "To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:177 +msgid "The available documents in this tab can be downloaded. Click the :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`(download)` icon next to the document to download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 -msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176 -msgid ":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178 -msgid ":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180 -msgid ":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182 -msgid "Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the :guilabel:`date`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 -msgid "Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188 -msgid "To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:181 msgid "Save and send the contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:183 msgid "Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the employee to be signed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186 msgid "Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:" msgstr "" @@ -2191,28 +2173,89 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 -msgid ":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to the employee so they can sign the contract." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: this option is **only** for Belgian companies. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic information from the contract, as well as a link for the contract when using the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send` to send an email to the employee, so they can sign the contract." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212 -msgid "In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the employee so they can sign it." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202 +msgid "In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, there **must** be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the employee, so they can sign it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 -msgid ":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be sent." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:205 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature Request`: clicking this reveals a pop-up window, where an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document (such as a contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy) from the drop-down menu, and fill out the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0 msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224 -msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working times, and can compute time off." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215 +msgid "Salary attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:217 +msgid "Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations are set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:221 +msgid "To add a new deduction, first navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Contracts --> Salary Attachments`. Next, click :guilabel:`Create`, and a new salary attachment form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +msgid "The salary attachment form with everything filled in for Ronnie Hart's child support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 +msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:230 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: using the drop-down menu, select the employee the salary attachment applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:232 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a short description for the salary attachment, such as `Child Support` or `529 Contribution`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:234 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of salary attachment being created. Choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: any payments taken out towards something that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments, such as lawsuit payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:239 +msgid ":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: any deduction that is not required, but voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:241 +msgid ":guilabel:`Child Support`: any payments taken out specifically for child support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:243 +msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`: the date the salary attachment starts. Choose a date by clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by using the :icon:`fa-chevron-left` :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(arrow)` icons, then clicking on the desired date. This field is **required**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:247 +msgid ":guilabel:`Estimated End Date`: this field automatically populates after both the :guilabel:`Monthly Amount` and :guilabel:`Total Amount` fields are populated. This field is **not** modifiable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:250 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document`: attach any documents relevant to the salary attachment. Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button, navigate to the desired document in the file explorer, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select the document, and attach it to the form. To change the attached document, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon, and select a different document. To remove a document, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:255 +msgid ":guilabel:`Monthly Amount`: enter the amount to be taken out of the employee's paycheck every month for this specific salary attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:257 +msgid ":guilabel:`Total Amount`: enter the total amount that the employee pays for the salary attachment to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3 @@ -2633,7 +2676,7 @@ msgid "Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Gener msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:434 #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" @@ -4346,59 +4389,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed for the applicant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "Referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:7 msgid "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:18 msgid "Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting ` and configurations menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users` and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 msgid "Onboarding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:27 msgid "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:33 msgid "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to advance to the next slide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of superheroes to save the day!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, or refer friends.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 msgid ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice league!`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:45 msgid "The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the :guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:52 msgid "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If :guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when opening the Referrals application." msgstr "" @@ -4406,27 +4449,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:61 msgid "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` screen appears instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:69 msgid "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:75 msgid "Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for that particular company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:80 msgid "The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:87 msgid "To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete any changes and revert to the original content." msgstr "" @@ -4434,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:94 msgid "The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The :guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding forms, reflecting the new sequence." msgstr "" @@ -4442,332 +4485,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:103 -msgid "Share job positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:105 -msgid "In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:113 -msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:115 -msgid "To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the :guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 -msgid "The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" -"displayed on the card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:124 -msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:126 -msgid "The title of the job position. This information is taken from the :guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:128 -msgid "The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the :guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:130 -msgid "The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 -msgid "The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:134 -msgid "To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:139 -msgid "Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check which job positions are published or not, refer to the :doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:143 -msgid "Refer friends" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 -msgid "To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:149 -msgid "The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject `Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:152 -msgid "The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:158 -msgid "If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 -msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 -msgid "Share a job" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:169 -msgid "There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the Referrals application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 -msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 -msgid "Link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:181 -msgid "To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the prospective employee however desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:188 -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:190 -msgid "To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 -msgid "Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the :guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 -msgid "There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, :guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, :guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 -msgid "The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" -"highlighted, as are all the required settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:216 -msgid "Share to news feed or story" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 -msgid "The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, :guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and :guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected, these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the story, or both." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and :guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:233 -msgid "When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:236 -msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 -msgid "Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:242 -msgid "When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. **Only** one friend can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:275 -msgid "When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 -msgid "Share in a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:251 -msgid "To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in a Group`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:255 -msgid "When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:264 -msgid "Share in an event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:266 -msgid "A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:269 -msgid "When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 -msgid "Share in a private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:280 -msgid "The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Private Message`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:284 -msgid "When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this process for each friend to be added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 -msgid "When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send message` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:293 -msgid "X/Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:295 -msgid "A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 -msgid "The default message is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 -msgid ":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job Position)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:305 -msgid "Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message, click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is :guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The :guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in X/Twitter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:312 -msgid "The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and :guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options restricts who can reply to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:318 -msgid "There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media (photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:322 -msgid "To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the :guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:327 -msgid "To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 -msgid "The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" -"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:336 -msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:338 -msgid "To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:344 -msgid "The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private message to an individual or group of individuals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 -msgid "Share in a post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:350 -msgid "To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A :guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:354 -msgid "To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:358 -msgid ":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. :guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:366 -msgid "Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, :guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is :guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the far lower right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:375 -msgid "Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click :guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1 -msgid "A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the post button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:383 -msgid "Send as private message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:385 -msgid "Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s) for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear. Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click :guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A :guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the browser tab to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 -msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 -msgid "Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:406 -msgid "Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with `Job for you`, but can be edited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 -msgid "The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that appears is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:412 -msgid "`Hello,`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:414 -msgid "`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be interesting for you`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:416 -msgid "`See Job Offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:418 -msgid "The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The message will be sent and the window will close." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:107 msgid "Hired referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:109 msgid "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:112 msgid "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app, instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text :guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new friend!` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on an available avatar to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:120 msgid "If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." msgstr "" @@ -4776,28 +4510,28 @@ msgid "The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, wit "chosen are greyed out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 msgid "Modify friends" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:133 msgid "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels ` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to dogs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 msgid "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere else in the Referrals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:145 msgid "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or :guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the user's avatar when activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 msgid "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:340 msgid "Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the original information." msgstr "" @@ -4805,132 +4539,132 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A friend form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:348 msgid "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the Referrals application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:167 msgid "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:172 msgid "Referral points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:174 msgid "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are available to spend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:179 msgid "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are :guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:183 msgid "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the :guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, :guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific category are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:194 msgid "My referrals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:196 msgid "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the :guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:200 msgid "A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in the top right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:204 msgid "Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:208 msgid "Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:210 msgid "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:214 msgid "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:218 msgid "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:223 msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:227 msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:228 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:229 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:231 msgid "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` documentation to modify the points for each stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:238 msgid "Rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:241 msgid "Create rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 msgid "The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:249 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:253 msgid ":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:258 msgid ":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:263 msgid "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, :guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" @@ -4938,23 +4672,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:271 msgid "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 msgid "Redeem rewards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:278 msgid "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this` instead of a buy button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:289 msgid "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points. The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current available points." msgstr "" @@ -4963,39 +4697,39 @@ msgid "Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle rew "many more reward points are needed to redeem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:301 msgid "Levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:303 msgid "The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:307 msgid "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:310 msgid "The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:317 msgid "Modify levels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 msgid "Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:326 msgid "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:329 msgid "Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:335 msgid "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" @@ -5003,23 +4737,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A level form in edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:352 msgid "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:357 msgid "Level up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 msgid "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase :guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:364 msgid "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:687 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:368 msgid "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn the specified amount of points required." msgstr "" @@ -5028,19 +4762,19 @@ msgid "A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Lev "above their image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:377 msgid "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:382 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 msgid "In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is an :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:389 msgid "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the Referrals application for the first time in a new session." msgstr "" @@ -5048,47 +4782,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:399 msgid "Create an alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:401 msgid "Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:405 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 msgid ":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert will be visible on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:409 msgid ":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert will be hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:410 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the Referrals application) will see the alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 msgid ":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside the alert banner on the main dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 msgid ":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:739 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:420 msgid ":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:421 msgid ":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:423 msgid ":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." msgstr "" @@ -5096,26 +4830,223 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 msgid "Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 msgid "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates there are no referrals from that particular channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:446 msgid "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how many points were given for refused applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 msgid "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:458 msgid "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:462 +msgid ":doc:`referrals/share_jobs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:3 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo *Referrals*, users can earn referral points by sharing job positions with potential applicants. Job positions can be shared in several ways, through the :ref:`View Jobs ` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button, located at the bottom of the *Referrals* app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:11 +msgid "Sharing jobs can **only** occur after onboarding slides have been viewed or skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:16 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:18 +msgid "To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the :guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main *Referrals* dashboard. This presents all job positions, with each individual job presented with its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:-1 +msgid "The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:27 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:29 +msgid "The title of the job position. This information is taken from the *Job Position* field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:31 +msgid "The number of :guilabel:`Open Positions` being recruited. This information is taken from the *Expected New Employees* field of the *Recruitment* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:33 +msgid "The points a user earns when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:34 +msgid "The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken from the *Job Position* tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:37 +msgid "To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:42 +msgid "Only published job positions are visible in the *Referrals* app. To check which job positions are published or not, refer to the :doc:`../recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:46 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:48 +msgid "To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:52 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Subject` and :guilabel:`Body` are populated using a default template. The :guilabel:`Subject` `Job for you` is present, by default, but can be modified, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:55 +msgid "The specific title of the job position populates the *Job Position* placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:59 +msgid "When the prospective employee receives the email, the link sends them to the job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:63 +msgid "If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:72 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:74 +msgid "Other than sending an email, job positions can be shared, via social media platforms, and by tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each job position card are four icons, and corresponding tracking links, that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the *Referrals* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:84 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:86 +msgid "To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-chain` :guilabel:`(link)` icon above it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up window. Next, share the link with the prospective employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:93 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:95 +msgid "To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-facebook` :guilabel:`(Facebook)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:98 +msgid "If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post in a pop-up window. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads, instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:103 +msgid "Type in any additional information to add to the post, then share the job position using the available options in Facebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:107 +msgid "X (formerly Twitter)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:109 +msgid "A job position can also be shared on X. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`(X)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:112 +msgid "If the user is already signed-in to X, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, an X page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a draft pop-up window. If the user is *not* already signed-in, a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to first sign-in to X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:117 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:119 +msgid "`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:121 +msgid "Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message, then share using the available options in X." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:125 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:127 +msgid "To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :icon:`fa-linkedin` :guilabel:`(LinkedIn)` icon above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:130 +msgid "If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:134 +msgid "The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private message to an individual (or group of individuals)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:137 +msgid "Type in any additional information, or make any edits to the message or post, then share using the available options in LinkedIn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:143 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:145 +msgid "Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list of open job positions, instead of one job position at a time. To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals` main dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:150 +msgid "Enter the email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field. The email can be sent to multiple recipients by separating each email address with a comma followed by a single space. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with :guilabel:`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:154 +msgid "The email :guilabel:`Body` is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:156 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:158 +msgid "`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be interesting for you\\:`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:160 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/share_jobs.rst:162 +msgid "The :guilabel:`See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job positions currently being recruited for. Add any additional text and make any edits to the message body, if necessary. Then, click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. This sends the message, and closes the window." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3 msgid "Time Off" msgstr "" @@ -5352,10 +5283,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 -msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 msgid ":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index b53c916fc..f7cd10110 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 @@ -935,6 +935,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 @@ -954,6 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 @@ -2072,6 +2074,8 @@ msgid "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified i msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" @@ -2618,11 +2622,12 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -2673,6 +2678,7 @@ msgid "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, l msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "" @@ -2950,6 +2956,7 @@ msgid "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:190 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" msgstr "" @@ -3006,291 +3013,343 @@ msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 -msgid "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:8 +msgid "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored, shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 -msgid "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their lifecycles." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:11 +msgid "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 -msgid "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or expiration dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" +msgid "Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 -msgid "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgid "To track products by lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Then, configure each product to be tracked by serial numbers on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:30 +msgid "To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Track products by lots" +msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 -msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:37 +msgid ":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:46 +msgid "Track by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 -msgid "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a product to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:52 +msgid "On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:57 +msgid "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or serial numbers, use an :doc:`inventory adjustment <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 -msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 -msgid "New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 -msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:66 +msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 -msgid "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgid "Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods ` on the receipt form. When shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 -msgid "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:76 +msgid "On receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 -msgid "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:78 +msgid "Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly on receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 -msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgid "To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm `_ a |PO| for products tracked by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 -msgid "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgid "Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban card, and choosing the desired receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 -msgid "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and assigned to it." +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers a :guilabel:`User Error`, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 -msgid "Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:102 -msgid "Manage lots on receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 -msgid "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 -msgid "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 -msgid "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` (under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:113 -msgid "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 -msgid "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:122 -msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:131 -msgid "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a :guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 +msgid "On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:135 -msgid "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 +msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 +msgid "The bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 -msgid "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` quantity." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 +msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, where the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Done` quantity are assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 +msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers are **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:112 +msgid "Manual assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:114 +msgid "To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and choose the location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and specify the :guilabel:`Done` quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:119 +msgid "To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Done` column matches the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:149 -msgid "If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches the :guilabel:`Demand`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:128 +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:153 -msgid "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually entered in each of the lot number lines." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:130 +msgid "From a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to assign upon receipt), click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and proceed to copy and paste the lot numbers, in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:163 -msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:166 -msgid "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned, and more." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 +msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line, with each lot number on its own line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:172 -msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:144 +msgid "After clicking away from the text field, Odoo automatically generates the necessary lot number lines. The quantities in the :guilabel:`Done` column match the first entry. Manually adjust the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each lot number, as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 -msgid "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the sales order (SO)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 +msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 -msgid "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:201 +msgid ":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 +msgid "On delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 +msgid "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 +msgid "To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the :menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for that specific |SO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 +msgid "Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is chosen, with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 -msgid "On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 -msgid "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 -msgid "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230 -msgid "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a `hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:196 -msgid "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that particular lot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the :guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the total quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 -msgid "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one lot to fulfill the order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:184 +msgid "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is enough to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:211 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 -msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192 +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select a different :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the remaining :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:221 -msgid "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:204 +msgid "Lot management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:206 +msgid "Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:209 +msgid "By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number to :ref:`modify or add details ` linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created ` from this page, by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219 +msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219 +msgid "Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:224 +msgid "Modify lot" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference` receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared the same lot number." +msgid "Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230 +msgid "Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number to any desired one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 +msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: Change the lot number linked to the :guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: Records an alternative lot/serial number used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Specify the company where the lot number is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Add extra details about the lot or serial number in this text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:243 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Quantity` fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Show the lot number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:251 +msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256 +msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 +msgid "To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 +msgid "Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers on receipts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 +msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field on the lot form, and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 +msgid "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276 +msgid "The lot number, `0000011`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:282 +msgid "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on a receipt `, or when making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:288 +msgid "After creating the lot number, `0000011` appears as an option for `Drawer Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Show how to assign serial numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:296 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 -msgid "In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot be used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 +msgid "By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 -msgid "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:302 +msgid "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 -msgid "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 -msgid "For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:247 -msgid "For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:306 +msgid "On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:315 msgid "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for warehouse receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 -msgid "Lots traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:323 +msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 -msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was stored, and who (and when) it went to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:326 msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:330 msgid "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:272 -msgid "To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:333 +msgid "To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" @@ -3298,9 +3357,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 +msgid "Traceability report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:347 +msgid "To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 +msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:356 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:3 @@ -3727,6 +3797,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" @@ -3783,6 +3857,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230 +msgid "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a `hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" @@ -3875,10 +3954,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" @@ -3959,6 +4046,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that serial number." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "" @@ -5889,7 +5980,7 @@ msgid "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account det msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 @@ -5917,15 +6008,15 @@ msgid "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Adde msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 -msgid "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is required." +msgid "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse address`." msgstr "" @@ -5933,7 +6024,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" @@ -5973,23 +6064,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the :guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. `Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" @@ -5997,83 +6088,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 -msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 +msgid "To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install ` and :ref:`link ` the Sendcloud shipping connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields `, so Sendcloud can accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 -msgid "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +msgid "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 msgid "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -6097,7 +6192,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria` `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` `Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` `Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` `Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` `Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" @@ -6129,63 +6224,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 -msgid "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 -msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 -msgid "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 -msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 -msgid ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for returns." +msgid "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 -msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 -msgid "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the configured Sendcloud account." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 +msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 -msgid "FAQ" +msgid "To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information **must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 -msgid "Shipment is too heavy" +msgid "**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected :guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 -msgid "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the transfer and generate labels." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 +msgid "To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page. Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 -msgid ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 +msgid "**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified :guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section ` of this article for detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match the :ref:`previously defined warehouse ` in the Sendcloud setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the :ref:`warehouse configuration section ` of the third-party shipping documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 +msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 +msgid "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 +msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +msgid "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the configured Sendcloud account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +msgid "Shipment is too heavy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +msgid "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the transfer and generate labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers --> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" @@ -6193,11 +6312,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -6205,36 +6324,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click :guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* (:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 -msgid "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier. The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the carrier." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 +msgid "First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier. The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 @@ -9829,6 +9948,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" @@ -9924,115 +10044,227 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a company's inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26 msgid "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 msgid "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or *Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -msgid "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +msgid "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -msgid "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. *Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +msgid "Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting mode is in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -msgid "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "Costing methods" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +msgid "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to `Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 -msgid "Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory valuation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +msgid "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid ":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67 +msgid "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly sensitive to input data and human error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 -msgid "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 -msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -msgid "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: :guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. :guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to :guilabel:`Automated`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:-1 +msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -msgid ":ref:`Using the inventory valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired :guilabel:`Costing Method`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 -msgid "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the *Inventory Valuation* report." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is highly sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -msgid "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgid "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the products." +msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each product." +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the *Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +msgid "Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 -msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 -msgid "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`. At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to :guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to :guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -msgid "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of all of the inventory on hand is displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and :ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for details on configuring each account type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Expense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties` section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the |right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type based on the information below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the |right arrow| icon to the right of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is :guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +msgid "Continental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 +msgid "To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:207 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 +msgid "In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +msgid "To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +msgid "The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current Asset* account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +msgid "In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought and sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 +msgid "The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output accounts are assigned to the **same** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +msgid "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`. At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to :guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to :guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 +msgid "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of all of the inventory on hand is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting :guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -10061,7 +10293,7 @@ msgid "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation entr msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 -msgid ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation `" +msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index f99c79079..48ef40651 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." @@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgid "Finally, fill in the mandatory fields with your :ref:`Adyen API key `." +msgid "Ingenico payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 -msgid "Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg." +msgid "Ingenico is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:11 @@ -2582,42 +2580,62 @@ msgid "Connect an IoT Box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 -msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." +msgid "Connecting an Ingenico payment terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the Lane/Desk/Move 5000 terminals for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 -msgid "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "Press the function button (:guilabel:`F` on Lane/5000, :guilabel:`⦿` on Desk/5000 and Move/5000)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:29 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Kassa menu --> Settings Menu` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Change Connection` and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Select :guilabel:`TCP/IP` and :guilabel:`IP-address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "On the next screen, enter the IP address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:33 +msgid "Enter `9000` as port number and press :guilabel:`OK` on the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "At this point, the terminal restarts and should be displayed in your IoT Box form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:43 msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Ingenico` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" @@ -2906,6 +2924,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 msgid "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol (e.g., the Yomani XR and Yoximo terminals). If you have any doubts, contact your payment provider to ensure your terminal's compatibility." msgstr "" @@ -4568,19 +4594,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:69 +msgid "As of February 19, 2024, in North American marketplaces, :abbr:`FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon)` orders created with the *Amazon Connector*, do not get the customer's name passed onto the sales/delivery order in Odoo. This is due to the fact that Amazon now calculates, and remits, sales tax on behalf of sellers. In other words, personally identifiable customer information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Supported marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 -msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:86 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:90 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:96 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:98 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:100 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:102 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:104 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:106 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 @@ -4588,7 +4694,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 @@ -7704,7 +7810,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Next Order Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon code msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 -msgid ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +msgid ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates points to exchange for rewards on current and/or future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 7dc04c9a0..dc3000daf 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@ msgid "From this tab you can create a quiz to assess your students at the end of msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:224 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Points Rewards` section lets you give a specific number of karma points depending on how many tries they need to correctly answer the question. Then, create your questions and the possible answers by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`. A new window pops up, add the question by filling in the :guilabel:`Question Name` and add multiple answers by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`. Tick the :guilabel:`Is correct answer` to mark one or more answers as correct. You can also fill in the :guilabel:`Comment` field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the participant." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Points Rewards` section lets you give a specific number of karma points depending on how many tries they need to correctly answer the question. Then, create your questions and the possible answers by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`. A new window pops up, add the question by filling in the :guilabel:`Question Name` and add multiple answers by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a line`. Tick one of the :guilabel:`Is correct answer` checkboxes to mark one answer as correct. You can also fill in the :guilabel:`Comment` field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the participant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 @@ -4914,46 +4914,50 @@ msgid "Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It atte msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:12 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 msgid "`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:22 msgid "On Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 msgid "Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page `_. Log in or create a Google account if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 msgid "On the website registration page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:30 msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:31 msgid "Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or *subdomain.example.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:32 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:36 msgid "Agree to the terms of service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:37 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" @@ -4961,44 +4965,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:42 msgid "A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:46 msgid "On Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:48 msgid "From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under :guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 msgid "Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the :guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would also be removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:55 msgid "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:57 msgid "Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 msgid "Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:64 msgid "All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:69 msgid "If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" msgstr "" @@ -5006,15 +5010,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:77 msgid "Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA administration page `_. For example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could help you determine the right minimum score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:82 msgid "You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." msgstr "" @@ -5322,111 +5326,111 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo allows you to create pages for your website and customize their content and appearance to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 -msgid "*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their :ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore managed differently." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:12 +msgid "**Static** pages have stable content, such as the homepage. You can manually create new ones, define their URLs, adapt their :ref:`properties `, etc. **Dynamic** pages, on the other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by Odoo, for example, when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or `/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are therefore managed differently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:19 msgid "Page creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:21 msgid "Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To create a new website page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:24 msgid "Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 -msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as in the page's URL." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu and the page's URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:29 msgid "Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:34 msgid "Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:37 msgid "Page management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:42 msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 -msgid "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice versa." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:44 +msgid "Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To publish or unpublish a page, access it and toggle the switch in the upper-right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice versa." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:-1 msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:54 msgid "publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties `, where you can define a publishing date and/or restrict the page's visibility if needed;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 -msgid "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:56 +msgid "publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then click :guilabel:`Action` and select :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:61 msgid "Homepage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 -msgid "By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:63 +msgid "When you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated :guilabel:`Home` page by default, but you can define any website page as your homepage. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 -msgid "Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 -msgid "Page properties" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:68 +msgid "Alternatively, you can define any :ref:`static page ` as your homepage by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the :guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 -msgid "To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgid "Page properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:77 +msgid "To modify a :ref:`static page's ` properties, access the page you wish to modify, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:82 msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:83 msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, then select the :guilabel:`Type` of :ref:`redirection `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." msgstr "" @@ -5434,159 +5438,159 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Redirect old URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 msgid "You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage of your website;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in search engine results;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green check mark to validate your selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) ` in the :guilabel:`Authorized group` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:110 msgid "*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 msgid "Duplicating pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:115 msgid "To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page Name`, then click :guilabel:`OK`. By default, the new page is added after the duplicated page in the menu, but you can remove it from the menu or change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 msgid "Deleting pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 msgid "Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click :guilabel:`Delete Page`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:129 msgid "A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't land on a 404 error page, you must update all the links on your website referring to the page. To do so, expand a category, then click on a link to open it in a new window. Alternatively, you can set up a :ref:`redirection ` for the deleted page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 -msgid "URL redirects" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 -msgid "Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page `, :ref:`modify its URL `, or move your site to a new :doc:`domain `. It can also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgid "URL redirect mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:142 +msgid "URL redirect mapping consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL different from the one they initially requested. This technique is used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page `, :ref:`modify its URL `, or migrate your site from another platform to an Odoo :doc:`domain `. It can also be used to improve :doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:148 msgid "To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the developer mode ` and go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 -msgid "A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 -msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgid "A redirect record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL ` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 -msgid "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in the fields:" +msgid "You can set up redirections for :ref:`static and dynamic pages `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid "To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 -msgid ":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when they try to access the page." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 -msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is cached by browsers." +msgid ":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when they try to access an unpublished or deleted page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 -msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example, if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of unpublished or deleted :ref:`static pages `. The new URL is shown in search engine results, and the redirect is cached by browsers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 -msgid ":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example, if you are redesigning or updating a page. The new URL is neither cached by browsers nor shown in search engine results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 -msgid ":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 -msgid ":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:170 +msgid ":guilabel:`308 Redirect/Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of existing :ref:`dynamic pages `. The URL is renamed; the new name is shown in search engine results and is cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-company`) or search for the desired :ref:`dynamic page ` and select it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302, and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 -msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further redirected to another URL)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: To define the order in which redirections are performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further redirected to another URL)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:184 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 -msgid "404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been :ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted `." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +msgid "404, 301, and 302 redirections are meant to migrate traffic from :ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted ` pages to *new* pages, while the 308 redirect is used for *permanent* redirections of *existing* pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:192 msgid "`Google documentation on redirects and search `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" msgstr "" @@ -6085,30 +6089,38 @@ msgid "Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:135 -msgid ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgid ":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` is a tag management system that allows you to easily update measurement codes and related code fragments, collectively known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code injector." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:140 +msgid "Google Tag Manager may not be compliant with local data protection regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:142 +msgid "To use GTM, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:144 msgid "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's :guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 msgid "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:153 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:155 msgid "Copy the `` and `` codes from the popup window. Then, go to your website, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Themes` tab, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Website Settings` section, then click :guilabel:`` and :guilabel:`` to paste the codes." msgstr "" @@ -6116,7 +6128,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:164 msgid "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website (e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." msgstr ""